]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
systemctl: suffix cmdline options that take arguments with =
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
2bcc3309
FB
3CHANGES WITH 233 in spe
4
fb7c4eff
MG
5 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
6 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
8
5cfc0a84
LP
9 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
10 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
11 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
12 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
13
2bcc3309
FB
14 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
15 following choices:
16
b0eb2944 17 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 18 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 19 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 20 (h)elp
eedf223a 21 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 22 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
23 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
24 (y)es, execute the command
25
26 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
27 because its meaning was confusing.
28
8e458bfe
JW
29 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
30 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
31 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
32
fa8b4499
DR
33 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has got
34 actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
35 names of remote hosts and to reply to mDNS's A and AAAA requests
36 from the hosts.
37
631b676b
LP
38 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
39 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
40 combination with After=) have been started.
41
54b24597 42CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 43
4ffe2479
ZJS
44 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
45 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
46
6fa44114 47 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
48 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
49 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 50
4a77c53d
ZJS
51 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
52 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
53 to be remounted read-only for a service.
54
e49e2c25 55 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
56 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
57 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
58 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
59
6fa44114 60 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
61 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
62
63 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
64 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
65 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
66
4ffe2479
ZJS
67 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
68 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
69 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
70 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
71 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
72 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
73 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
74 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
75 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
76 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 77
171ae2cd 78 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 79 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 80 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
81
82 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
83 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
84 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
85 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
86
87 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
88 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
89 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
90 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
91
92 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
93 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
94
95 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
96 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
97 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
98 and the support is provisional.
99
171ae2cd
LP
100 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
101 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
102 unit files in the file system).
103
104 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
105 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
106 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
107 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
108 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
109 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
110 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
111 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
112 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
113 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
114 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
115 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
116
117 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
118 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
119 option.
120
121 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
122 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
123 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
124 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
125 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
126 else.
127
171ae2cd
LP
128 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
129 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
130 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
131 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
132 bootable on physical systems.
133
4a77c53d 134 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
135
136 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
137 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
138 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
139 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
140 used.
141
142 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 143 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
144 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
145 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
146
05ecf467 147 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 148
d4c08299 149 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
150 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
151 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
152 of the container).
153
171ae2cd 154 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
155 files from the specified location.
156
157 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
158 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
159 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
160 be active.
161
162 * The hardware database has been extended to support
163 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
164 trackball devices.
165
166 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
167 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
168 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
169
170 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
171 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
172 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 173
171ae2cd 174 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
175 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
176
171ae2cd 177 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 178 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
179 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
180 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
181 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
182
183 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
184 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
185 are automatically propagated to the container.
186
187 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
188 from a single IP address can be limited with
189 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
190 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 191
4a77c53d
ZJS
192 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
193 configuration.
194
195 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
196 drop-ins.
197
4ffe2479
ZJS
198 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
199 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
200 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
201 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
202 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
203 [Link] section of .link files.
204
171ae2cd
LP
205 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
206 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
207 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
208 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 209
171ae2cd 210 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
211 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
212 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
213
171ae2cd 214 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
215 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
216 .network files.
217
171ae2cd
LP
218 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
219 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
220 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
221 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 222
4a77c53d 223 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 224 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
225 has been traditionally doing.
226
227 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
228 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
229 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
230 prevent any later plugins from running.
231
76153ad4 232 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 233 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
234 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
235 default of SplitMode=uid.
236
4a77c53d
ZJS
237 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
238 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
239 useful.
240
4ffe2479
ZJS
241 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
242 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
243 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
244 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
245 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
246 individual namespaces.
247
171ae2cd
LP
248 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
249 the output, as well as OS release information.
250
251 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
252
253 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
254 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
255 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
256 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
257 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
258
259 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
260 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
261 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
262 severed.
263
264 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
265 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
266 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
267 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
268 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
269 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
270 information about exit statuses and results.
271
4c37970d
LP
272 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
273 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
274 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
275 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
276 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
277 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
278
279 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
280
281 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
282 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
283 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
284 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
285 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
286 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
287 entirely.
288
289 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
290 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
291 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
292
293 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
294 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
295 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
296 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
297 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
298 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
299 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
300 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
301 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
302 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
303 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
304 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
305 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
306 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
307 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
308 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
309 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
310
311 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
312 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
313 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
314 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
315
316 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
317 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
318 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
319 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
320
321 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
322 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
323 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
324 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
325 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
326 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
327 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
328 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
329 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
330 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
331 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
332 fragment entirely.)
333
334 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
335 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
336 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
337
338 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
339 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
340 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
341 FileDescriptorName= setting.
342
343 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
344 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
345 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
346 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
347 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
348 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
349
350 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
351 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
352
b4eed568
LP
353 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
354 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
355
356 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
357 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
358 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
359 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
360 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
361
07393b6e
LP
362 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
363 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
364 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
365 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
366 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
367 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
368 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
369 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
370 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
371 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
372 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
373 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
374 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
375 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
376 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
377 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
378 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
379 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
380 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
381 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
382 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
383 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
384 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
385 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
386 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
387 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
388
54b24597 389 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 390
5cd118ba
MP
391CHANGES WITH 231:
392
fcd30826
LP
393 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
394 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 395 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
396 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
397 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
398 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
399 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
400 independently.
401
402 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
403 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
404
405 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
406 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
407 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
408 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 409 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
410 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
411 values.
412
413 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
414 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
415 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
416 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
417 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
418
419 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
420 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
421 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
422 7:10am every day.
423
424 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
425 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
426 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
427 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
428 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
429 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
430 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
431 available for compatibility.
432
433 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
434 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
435 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
436 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
437 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
438 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
439
440 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
441 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
442 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
443 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
444 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
445 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
446 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
447 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
448 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
449
450 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
451 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
452 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
453 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
454 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
455 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
456 desired options.
457
fcd30826
LP
458 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
459 cgroupsv2.
460
461 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
462 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
463 limited to subgroups of that group.
464
465 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
466 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
467 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 468 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
469 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
470 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
471 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
472 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
473
474 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
475 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
476 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
477 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
478 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
479 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
480 own long-running services.
481
482 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
483 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
484 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
485 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
486
487 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
488 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
489 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
490 propagates this notification further to the service manager
491 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
492 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
493 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
494 primitives.
495
496 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
497 "terminate".
498
499 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
500 link-local IPv6 addresses.
501
502 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
503 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
504 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
505 --flush-caches".
506
771de3f5 507 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
508 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
509 is shown.
510
511 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
512 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
513 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 514 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
515 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
516 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
517
518 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
519 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
520 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
521 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
522 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
523 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
524 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
525 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
526 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
527 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
528 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
529 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
530 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
531 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
532 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
533 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
534 bus API instead.
535
536 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
537 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
538 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
539 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
540
541 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
542 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
543 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
544 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
545
546 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
547 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
548 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
549
550 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
551 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
552
553 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
554 interface configuration.
555
556 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
557 specifying the --force switch.
558
559 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
560 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
561 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
562
43a569a1
ZJS
563 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
564 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
565 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
566 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 567 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
568 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
569 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
570 to be handled.
571
572 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
573 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
574
575 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
576 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
577
578 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
579 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
580 of persistent symlinks for that device.
581
0f1da52b
LP
582 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
583 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
584
585 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
586 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
587 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
588 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
589 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
590 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
591 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
592 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
593 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
594 library.
43a569a1 595
fcd30826
LP
596 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
597 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
598 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
599 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
600 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
601 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 602 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
603 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
604 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
605 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 606
4ffe2479
ZJS
607 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
608 distribution's bugtracker.
609
38b383d9
LP
610 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
611 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
612 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
613 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
614 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
615 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
616 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
617 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
618 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
619 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
620 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
621 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
622 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
623 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
624 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
625 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
626 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
627 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 628 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 629
38b383d9 630 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 631
46e40fab 632CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 633
61ecb465
LP
634 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
635 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
636 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
637 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
638 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
639 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
640 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
641 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
642 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 643 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
644 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
645 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
646 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
647 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
648 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
649 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
650 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
651 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
652 applications.)
61ecb465 653
96515dbf 654 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 655 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 656 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 657
97e5530c
ZJS
658 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
659 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 660 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
661 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
662 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
663 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
664 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
665
666 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
667 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
668 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 669 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 670 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 671 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
672
673 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
674 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
675 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
676 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
677 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
678 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 679
95365a57 680 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 681 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 682
e75690c3
ZJS
683 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
684 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 685 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
686
687 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
688
96515dbf 689 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 690 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
691 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
692 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
693 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 694
96515dbf
ZJS
695 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
696 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
697 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 698 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 699
e40a326c
LP
700 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
701 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
702 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
703 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
704 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
705 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 706
e40a326c
LP
707 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
708 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
709 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
710
711 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
712 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
713 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
714 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
715 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
716 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
717
718 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
719 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
720 address.
721
722 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
723 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
724 should be emitted.
96515dbf 725
e40a326c 726 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
727 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
728 supported.
729
e40a326c
LP
730 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
731 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
732 logging performance.
96515dbf 733
e75690c3
ZJS
734 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
735 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
736 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
737 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
738 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
739 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
740
741 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
742 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
743 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
744 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
745
e40a326c
LP
746 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
747 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
748
749 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
750 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
751 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
752
e75690c3 753 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
754
755 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
756 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
757 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
758 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 759
e75690c3
ZJS
760 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
761 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
762 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
763 refuse to operate on such files.
764
e40a326c
LP
765 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
766 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
767 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
768
769 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
770 just hidden container images.
771
e40a326c
LP
772 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
773 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
774
e40a326c
LP
775 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
776 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
777 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
778 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
779 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
780 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
781 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
782 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
783 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
784 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
785 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 786
25b0e6cb
LP
787 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
788 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
789 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
790 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
791 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
792 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
793 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
794 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
795 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
796 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
797 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
798 terminates.
799
e40a326c 800 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
801 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
802 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
803 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 804
030bd839 805 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
806 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
807 rate of the socket unit.
808
809 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
810 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
811 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
812 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
813 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
814
999a43f8
LP
815 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
816 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
817 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 818 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
819 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
820 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
821 with this.
822
e75690c3
ZJS
823 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
824 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
825
826 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
827 merged into the kernel in its current form.
828
829 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
830 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
831 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
832 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
833 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
834
835 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
836 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
837 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
838
4f9020fa
DR
839 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
840 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
841 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
842 target is now included in early userspace.
843
e75690c3
ZJS
844 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
845 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
846 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
847 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
848 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
849 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
850 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
851 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
852 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
853 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
854 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
855 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
856 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
857 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
858 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
859 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
860 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
861 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
862 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
863 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
864 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
865 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
866 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
867 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
868 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
869 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 870
46e40fab 871 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 872
61f32bff
MP
873CHANGES WITH 229:
874
d5f8b295
LP
875 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
876 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
877 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
878 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
879 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
880 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
881 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
882 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
883 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
884 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
885 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
886 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
887 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
888
889 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
890 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
891 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
892 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
893
894 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
895 devices.
896
a7c723c0
LP
897 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
898 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
899 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
900 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
901 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
902 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
903 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
904 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
905 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
906 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
907 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
908 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
909 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
910 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
911 this limit.
912
913 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
914 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
915 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
916 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
917 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
918 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
919 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
920 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
921
922 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
923 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
924 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
925 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
926 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
927 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
928 and group at package installation time.
929
d5f8b295
LP
930 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
931 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
932 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
933 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
934 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
935
8968aea0
MP
936 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
937 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
938 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
939 supports it.
940
941 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
942 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
943
944 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
945 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
946 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
947 file is already initialized.
948
949 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
950 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
951 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
952 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
953 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
954 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
955 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
956 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
957 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
958
959 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
960 working directory for the process started in the container.
961
ed5f8840
ZJS
962 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
963 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
964 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
965 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
966 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
967
968 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
969 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
970 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
971
972 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
973 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
974 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
975 sd_journal_restart_fields().
976
977 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
978 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
979 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
980 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
981 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
982
983 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
984 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
985 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
986 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
987
988 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
989 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
990 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
991 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
992 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
993 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
994 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
995 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 996 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
997 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
998 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
999 by PID 1.
1000
50f48ad3
DM
1001 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1002 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1003 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1004 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1005 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1006 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1007 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1008 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1009
1010 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1011
d5f8b295 1012 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 1013 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
1014 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1015
8968aea0
MP
1016 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1017 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1018 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
1019 recent kernels.
1020
1021 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1022 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1023
8968aea0 1024 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
1025 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1026 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1027 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1028 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1029 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1030 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1031 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1032 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1033 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 1034 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
1035 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1036 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
1037
1038 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
1039 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1040 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1041 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
1042
1043 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1044
1045 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1046 sockets.
1047
1048 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1049
1050 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1051 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1052 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1053 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1054 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1055 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1056
1057 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1058 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1059 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1060
1061 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1062 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
1063 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1064 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
1065
1066 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 1067
3545ab35
LP
1068 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1069 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1070 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1071 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1072 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1073 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1074 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1075 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1076 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1077 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1078 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1079 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1080 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1081 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1082 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1083 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1084 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1085 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1086 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1087
ccddd104 1088 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 1089
a11c7ea5
LP
1090CHANGES WITH 228:
1091
a11c7ea5
LP
1092 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1093 files are now also available as properties to set when
1094 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1095 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1096 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1097 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1098 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1099 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1100 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1101
28c85daf
LP
1102 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1103 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1104 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 1105
f1f8a5a5
LP
1106 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1107 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1108 created transiently.
1109
a11c7ea5
LP
1110 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1111 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1112 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1113 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1114 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 1115 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
1116 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1117 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1118
28c85daf
LP
1119 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1120 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1121 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1122
a11c7ea5
LP
1123 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1124 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1125 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1126 enabled.
1127
f1f8a5a5
LP
1128 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1129 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1130 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1131 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1132 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1133 subvolumes.
1134
a11c7ea5
LP
1135 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1136 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1137
28c85daf 1138 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
1139 individual indexes.
1140
28c85daf
LP
1141 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1142 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1143 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1144 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1145 suffixes now.
1146
f1f8a5a5
LP
1147 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1148 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1149 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1150 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1151 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1152 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1153 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1154 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1155 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1156 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1157 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1158 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1159 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1160 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1161 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1162 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1163 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1164 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1165 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1166 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1167 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1168
28c85daf
LP
1169 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1170 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1171 links between the host and the container.
1172
1173 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1174 added that allows importing select environment variables
1175 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1176 the service.
1177
ddb4b0d3 1178 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 1179 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
1180 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1181 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1182 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1183 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1184 than until they first elapse.
1185
a11c7ea5 1186 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
1187 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1188 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
1189 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1190 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1191 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1192 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1193 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1194
28c85daf
LP
1195 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1196 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1197 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1198 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1199 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1200 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1201 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 1202 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
1203 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1204 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 1205
28c85daf
LP
1206 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1207 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1208 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 1209 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
1210 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1211 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1212 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1213 software you package still references it, as this is a
1214 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1215 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1216
1217 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 1218
d5bd92bb
LP
1219 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1220 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1221
a11c7ea5
LP
1222 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1223 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1224 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1225
b9e2f7eb
LP
1226 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1227 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1228 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1229 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1230 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1231 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1232 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1233 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1234 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1235 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1236 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1237 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1238 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1239 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1240 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1241 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1242
1243 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1244 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1245 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1246 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1247 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1248 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1249 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1250 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1251 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1252 surprises.
1253
28c85daf
LP
1254 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1255 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1256 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1257 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1258 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1259 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1260 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1261 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1262 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1263 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1264 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 1265 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
1266 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1267 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1268 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1269 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1270 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1271 of PID 1 is the root user).
1272
1273 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1274 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1275 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
1276 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1277 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1278 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1279 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1280 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1281 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1282 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1283 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1284 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1285 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1286 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1287 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 1288
ccddd104 1289 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 1290
c97e586d
DM
1291CHANGES WITH 227:
1292
1293 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1294 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1295 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1296
1297 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1298 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1299 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1300 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1301 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1302 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1303
d046fb93
LP
1304 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1305 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
1306 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1307 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 1308 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
1309
1310 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
1311 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1312 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1313 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1314 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1315 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
1316
1317 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 1318 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
1319 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1320 automatically.
1321
21d86c61
DM
1322 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1323 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1324 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1325
1326 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1327 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1328 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1329 for disk IO.
1330
1331 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1332 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1333 removed.
1334
d046fb93
LP
1335 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1336 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1337 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1338 configured in User=.
21d86c61 1339
fe08a30b
LP
1340 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1341 directory of the selected user by default.
1342
21d86c61 1343 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
1344 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1345 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1346 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1347 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1348 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1349 compat reasons.
21d86c61 1350
fe08a30b 1351 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 1352 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
1353 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1354 units.
1355
1356 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1357 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1358 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1359 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1360 level.
1361
1362 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1363 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1364 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1365 namespaces work correctly.
1366
1367 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1368 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1369 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 1370 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
1371 activation.
1372
1373 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1374 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1375 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1376 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1377 system instance in a container.
1378
1379 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1380 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1381 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1382 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1383 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1384 connections.
1385
1386 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1387 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1388
1389 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1390 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1391 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1392 processes attached, or similar.
1393
bdba9227
DM
1394 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1395 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1396 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1397
1398 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1399 specifiers like %i or %f.
1400
ce830873 1401 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
1402 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1403 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1404 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1405
bdba9227
DM
1406 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1407 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 1408 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
1409 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1410 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1411 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 1412
d046fb93
LP
1413 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1414
0053598f 1415 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 1416 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
1417
1418 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1419 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1420
1421 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 1422 .network files.
fe08a30b 1423
bdba9227
DM
1424 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1425 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1426 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1427 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1428 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1429 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1430 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1431 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1432 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1433 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1434 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1435 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1436 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1437 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1438 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
1439
1440 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1441 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1442 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1443 next to the image file.
c97e586d 1444
91d0d699
LP
1445 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1446 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1447 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1448 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1449
1450 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1451 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1452 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1453 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1454 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1455 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1456
d046fb93
LP
1457 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1458 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1459 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1460 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 1461 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
1462 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1463 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1464 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1465 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1466 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1467 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 1468
bdba9227
DM
1469 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1470 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 1471
efce0ffe 1472 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 1473
61e6771c
LP
1474 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1475 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1476 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1477 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1478 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1479 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1480 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1481 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1482 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1483 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1484 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1485 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1486 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1487 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1488 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1489 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1490 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1491 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1492
ccddd104 1493 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 1494
c9912c5e
DH
1495CHANGES WITH 226:
1496
5e8d4254
LP
1497 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1498 new features:
1499
1500 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
1501 information. It may be enabled and configured via
1502 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
1503 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
1504 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
1505 is any) is propagated.
1506
1507 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
1508 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
1509 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
1510 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
1511 information is enabled between host and containers by
1512 default now: the container will change its local timezone
1513 to what the host has set.
1514
1515 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
1516 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
1517
1518 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
1519 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
1520 information back, even if the server loses state.
1521
1522 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
1523 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
1524 PoolSize=.
1525
1526 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
1527 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
1528 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
1529 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
1530
1531 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
1532 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
1533 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
1534 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
1535 'dbus-daemon' systems.
1536
1537 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
1538 for virtio devices.
1539
1540 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
1541 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
1542 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
1543 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
1544 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
1545 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
1546 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
1547 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 1548 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
1549 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
1550 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
1551 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
1552 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
1553 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
1554 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
1555 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
1556 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
1557 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
1558 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
1559 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
1560 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
1561 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
1562 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
1563 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
1564 grants them.
1565
1566 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
1567 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
1568 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
1569 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
1570 group tree.
1571
1572 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
1573 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
1574 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
1575 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
1576 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
1577 work correctly in containers now.
1578
1579 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
1580 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
1581
c626bf1d
DM
1582 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
1583 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
1584 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
1585 function call is particularly useful when implementing
1586 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
1587
1588 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
1589 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
1590 signal events.
1591
1592 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
1593 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
1594 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
1595 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
1596 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 1597
47f5a38c
LP
1598 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
1599 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
1600 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
1601 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
1602 nspawn command line.
1603
2f77decc
LP
1604 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
1605 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
1606 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
1607 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
1608 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
1609 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
1610 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 1611 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 1612
ccddd104 1613 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 1614
ec5249a2
DM
1615CHANGES WITH 225:
1616
5e8d4254
LP
1617 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
1618 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
1619 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
1620 shell directly without prompting for username or
1621 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
1622 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
1623 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
1624 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
1625 the originating session.
1626
1627 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
1628 options and allows other programs to query the values.
1629
1630 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
1631 longer enforced with this release. The previous
1632 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
1633 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
1634 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
1635 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
1636 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
1637 this release.
1638
1639 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
1640 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
1641 messages.
1642
1643 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
1644 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
1645 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
1646
1647 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
1648 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
1649
1650 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
1651 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
1652 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
1653 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
1654 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
1655 posteriori.
1656
1657 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
1658 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
1659
1660 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
1661 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
1662 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
1663 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
1664 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
1665 "lastlog" tools.
1666
1667 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
1668 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
1669 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
1670 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
1671 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
1672
1673 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
1674 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
1675 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
1676 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1677 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
1678 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
1679 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
1680 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
1681 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
1682 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
1683 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
1684 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 1685
ccddd104 1686 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 1687
11811e85
DH
1688CHANGES WITH 224:
1689
10fa421c
DH
1690 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
1691 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1692
5e8d4254
LP
1693 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
1694 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
1695 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 1696
11811e85
DH
1697 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
1698 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
1699 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
1700
ccddd104 1701 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 1702
e57eaef8
DH
1703CHANGES WITH 223:
1704
1705 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
1706 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
1707 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
1708 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1709
01608bc8 1710 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
1711 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
1712
1713 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
1714 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
1715
931618d0
DM
1716 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
1717
1718 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 1719 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
1720 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
1721
1722 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
1723 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
1724 decapsulated packet.
1725
1726 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
1727 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
1728 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
1729 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
1730 netlink attribute.
1731
1732 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
1733 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
1734 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
1735 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
1736
1737 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
1738 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
1739 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 1740
f5f113f6
DH
1741 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
1742 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
1743
e57eaef8 1744 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 1745 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
1746 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
1747
1748 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
1749 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
1750 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
1751 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
1752 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
1753 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
1754
1755 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
1756 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1757 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
1758 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1759 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
1760 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
1761 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
1762 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
1763 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
1764 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1765
ccddd104 1766 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 1767
0db83ad7 1768CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 1769
861b02eb
KS
1770 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
1771 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
1772 or should be used to work around such bugs.
1773
1774 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
1775 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
1776
1777 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
1778 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
1779 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
1780 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
1781 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
1782
5541c889
DH
1783 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
1784 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
1785 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
1786
9b361114
DM
1787 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
1788 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
1789 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
1790 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
1791 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
1792
1793 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1794
0db83ad7
DH
1795 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
1796 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
1797 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
1798 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
1799 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
1800 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
1801 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
1802 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
1803 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1804 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 1805
ccddd104 1806 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 1807
0f0467e6
MP
1808CHANGES WITH 221:
1809
470e72d4 1810 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 1811 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
1812 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
1813 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
1814 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
1815 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
1816 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 1817 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
1818 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
1819 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 1820 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 1821
470e72d4
LP
1822 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
1823 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
1824 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 1825 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
1826 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
1827 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
1828 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
1829 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 1830 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
1831 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
1832 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 1833
470e72d4
LP
1834 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
1835 2.26.
1836
1837 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 1838 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
1839 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
1840 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
1841 in README for details.
1842
1843 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
1844 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
1845 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
1846 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
1847 unit.
1848
1849 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
1850 into man pages.
1851
1852 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
1853 external project.
1854
1855 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 1856 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
1857
1858 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
1859 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
1860 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
1861 state.
1862
1863 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
1864 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
1865 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
1866
1867 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
1868 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
1869 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
1870 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
1871 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
1872 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
1873 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
1874 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
1875 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
1876 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1877 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
1878 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
1879 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
1880 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1881 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
1882 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 1883
ccddd104 1884 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 1885
481a0aa2
LP
1886CHANGES WITH 220:
1887
f7a73a25
DH
1888 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
1889 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
1890 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
1891 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
1892 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
1893 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
1894 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
1895 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
1896
481a0aa2
LP
1897 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
1898 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
1899 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
1900 service consumed). This value is only available if
1901 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
1902 in the "systemctl status" output.
1903
1904 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
1905 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 1906 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
1907 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
1908 previously was already the default behaviour).
1909
1910 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
1911 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
1912 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
1913
1914 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
1915 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 1916 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
1917 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
1918
1919 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
1920 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
1921 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
1922 journalling file systems that support external journal
1923 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
1924 systems to be mounted.
1925
1926 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
1927 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
1928 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
1929 stable release this should not be problematic.
1930
1931 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
1932 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
1933 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
1934 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
1935 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
1936
1937 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
1938 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
1939 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
1940 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
1941 network switches.
1942
1943 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
1944 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
1945
1946 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
1947 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
1948 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
1949
1950 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
1951
1579dd2c
LP
1952 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
1953 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
1954 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
1955 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
1956 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
1957 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
1958 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
1959 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
1960 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
1961 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
1962 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
1963 been fixed in v220.
1964
481a0aa2
LP
1965 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
1966 systemd-networkd.
1967
1968 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
1969 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 1970 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
1971 containers started from the command line.
1972
1973 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
1974 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
1975
1976 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
1977 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
1978 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
1979 indirection via a pseudo tty.
1980
1981 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
1982 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
1983 when shutting down.
1984
1985 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
1986 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
1987 overlayfs support.
1988
1989 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
1990 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
1991 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
1992 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
1993 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
1994 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
1995 images are imported via systemd-importd.
1996
1997 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
1998 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
1999 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2000
2001 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2002 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2003 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2004 of v1 as before).
2005
2006 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2007 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2008
2009 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2010 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2011 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2012 their own sessions without further privileges or
2013 authorization.
2014
2015 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2016 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2017 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2018 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2019 accessible via a bus interface.
2020
2021 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2022 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2023 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2024 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2025 to cover this functionality.
2026
2027 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 2028 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
2029 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2030 disabled/masked also stopped.
2031
2032 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
2033 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2034 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
2035
2036 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2037 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2038 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2039 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2040 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 2041 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
2042 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2043 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2044 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2045
2046 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2047 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2048 system.
2049
2050 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2051 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2052 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2053 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2054 device symlinks.
2055
2056 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2057 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2058 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2059 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2060
2061 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2062 stick devices has been added.
2063
2064 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2065 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2066
2067 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2068 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2069 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2070 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2071 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2072
2073 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2074 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2075 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2076
2077 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2078 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2079 Debian.
2080
2081 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2082 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2083 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2084
2085 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2086 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2087 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2088 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2089 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2090 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2091 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2092 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2093 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2094 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2095 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2096 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2097 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2098 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2099 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2100 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2101 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2102 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2103 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2104 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2105 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2106 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2107 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2108 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2109 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2110 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2111 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2112
ccddd104 2113 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 2114
615aaf41
LP
2115CHANGES WITH 219:
2116
615aaf41
LP
2117 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2118 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2119 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2120 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2121 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2122 interface with and update the database.
2123
2124 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2125 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2126 before bytewise copying is done.
2127
2128 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2129 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2130 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2131 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2132 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2133 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2134 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2135 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2136 available on btrfs file systems.
2137
2138 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2139 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 2140 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
2141 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2142 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2143 systems.
2144
2145 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2146 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2147 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2148 mount point remains.
2149
2150 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2151 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2152 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2153 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2154 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2155 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2156 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2157 are disabled.
2158
2159 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2160 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2161 container to the host or vice versa.
2162
2163 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2164 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2165 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2166
2167 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2168 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2169
2170 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2171 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2172 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2173 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2174 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2175 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2176 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2177 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2178 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 2179 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
2180 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2181 make the functionality of importd available to the
2182 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2183 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2184 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2185 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2186 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2187 only fully supported on btrfs.
2188
2189 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2190 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2191 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2192 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2193 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2194 information about images.
2195
2196 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2197 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 2198 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
2199 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2200 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2201 legacy file systems).
2202
2203 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2204 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2205 shown in networkctl output.
2206
2207 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2208 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2209 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2210 processes as system services while interactively
2211 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2212 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2213 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2214 full login session, the difference being that the former
2215 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2216 setup.
2217
2218 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2219 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2220 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2221 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2222 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2223
2224 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2225 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2226 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2227 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2228 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2229 via qemu/kvm.
2230
2231 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2232 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2233 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2234 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2235 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2236 disk images, too.
2237
2238 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2239 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2240 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2241 integrate with that.
2242
2243 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2244 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2245 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2246 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2247
2248 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2249 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2250 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2251
2252 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2253 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2254 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2255 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2256 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2257 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2258 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2259 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2260 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2261 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2262
2263 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2264 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2265 files.
2266
2267 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 2268 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 2269 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 2270 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
2271 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2272 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2273 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2274 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2275 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2276 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2277 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2278 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2279 explicitly turned on.
2280
2281 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2282 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2283 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2284 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2285
2286 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2287 supported.
2288
2289 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2290 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2291 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2292 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2293 associated with a virtual machine or container
2294 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2295 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2296 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2297 output however.)
2298
2299 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2300 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2301 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2302 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2303 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2304 caller's session/user.
2305
2306 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2307 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2308 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2309 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2310 user services.
2311
2312 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2313 same way as unit files.
2314
2315 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2316 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2317 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2318 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2319 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2320 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2321 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2322 the host.
2323
2324 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2325 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2326 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2327 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2328 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2329 host.
2330
dd2fd155 2331 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
2332 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2333 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2334 updated to make use of it too by default.
2335
2336 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2337 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2338 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2339 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2340
2341 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2342 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2343 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2344 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2345 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2346 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2347 modification.
2348
2349 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2350 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2351 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 2352 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
2353 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2354 information about Touchpad types.
2355
2356 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2357 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2358
2359 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2360 Policy link field.
2361
2362 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2363 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2364
2365 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2366 ACLs on files.
2367
2368 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2369 tmpfs, automatically.
2370
2371 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2372 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2373 status" output, if available.
2374
2375 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2376 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2377 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2378 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2379 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2380 run on next reboot.
2381
2382 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2383 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2384 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2385 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2386 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2387 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2388 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2389
2390 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2391 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2392 after a configurable timeout.
2393
2394 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2395 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2396 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2397 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2398 it non-idle.
2399
2400 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2401 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2402
2403 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2404 each .network interface in networkd.
2405
2406 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2407 in .network files.
2408
2409 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2410 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2411
11ea2781 2412 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
2413 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2414 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2415 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2416 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2417 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2418 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2419 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2420 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2421 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2422 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2423 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2424 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2425 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2426 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
2427 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2428 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2429 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2430 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2431 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2432 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2433 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
2434 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2435 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 2436
ccddd104 2437 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 2438
d4f5a1f4
DH
2439CHANGES WITH 218:
2440
f9e00a9f
LP
2441 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2442 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2443 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 2444 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
2445
2446 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 2447 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
2448 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2449 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2450 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2451
2452 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2453
2454 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 2455 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
2456 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2457 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2458 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2459 modified configuration after editing.
2460
2461 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2462 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2463 system preset files.
2464
2465 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2466 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2467 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2468 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2469 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2470 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2471 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2472 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2473 other contexts.
2474
2475 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2476 inhibitors.
2477
122676c9 2478 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 2479 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
2480 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2481 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2482 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
2483
2484 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2485 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2486 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2487 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2488 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 2489 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
2490 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2491 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2492 parallel to journald.
2493
2494 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2495 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2496 available.
2497
2498 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2499 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 2500 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
2501 or are not older than the specified time.
2502
2503 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
2504 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
2505 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
2506 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
2507
2508 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
2509 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
2510 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
2511 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
2512 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
2513 communication.
2514
2515 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
2516 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
2517 services.
2518
2519 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
2520 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
2521 including their signature and values. This is particularly
2522 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
2523 the new "busctl tree" command.
2524
2525 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
2526 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
2527 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
2528 friendly way.
2529
2530 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
2531 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
2532 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
2533 race-ful way.
2534
2535 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
2536 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 2537 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
2538 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
2539 --link-journal=try-guest.
2540
2541 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
2542 stable MAC addresses.
2543
2544 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
2545 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
2546 the respective unit shall use.
2547
d4f5a1f4
DH
2548 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
2549 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
2550 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
2551 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
2552
b938cb90 2553 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 2554 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 2555 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
2556 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
2557 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
2558 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
2559
17c29493 2560 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
2561 details see:
2562
2563 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
2564
2565 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
2566 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
2567 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
2568 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
2569 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
2570 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
2571 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
2572 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
2573 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
2574 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
2575 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
2576 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
2577
f9e00a9f
LP
2578 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
2579 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
2580 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
2581 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
2582 bluetooth, ...) is used.
2583
2584 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
2585 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
2586 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
2587 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
2588 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
2589 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
2590 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
2591 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
2592
2593 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 2594 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
2595 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
2596 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
2597 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
2598 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
2599 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
2600 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
2601 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
2602 interface.
2603
2604 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
2605 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
2606 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
2607 luks.name= argument.
2608
2609 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
2610 (this was previously already available for scope and service
2611 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
2612 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
2613 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
2614 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
2615
2616 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
2617 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
2618 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
2619
13e92f39
LP
2620 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
2621 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
2622 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2623 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
2624 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
2625 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
2626 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
2627 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2628 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
2629 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
2630 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
2631 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
2632 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
2633 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
2634 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
2635 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
2636 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
2637 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 2638
ccddd104 2639 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 2640
b62a309a
ZJS
2641CHANGES WITH 217:
2642
78b6b7ce
LP
2643 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
2644 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
2645 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
2646 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 2647
a65b8245
ZJS
2648 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
2649 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
2650 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
2651 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 2652
b62a309a
ZJS
2653 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
2654 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
2655 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
2656 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 2657 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 2658 connection.
b62a309a 2659
78b6b7ce
LP
2660 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
2661 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
2662
2663 * User units are now loaded also from
2664 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
2665 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
2666 supported, but is under the control of the user.
2667
4ffd29fd
LP
2668 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
2669 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
2670 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
2671 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
2672 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
2673 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
2674 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
2675 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
2676 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
2677 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
2678 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
2679 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
2680 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
2681 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
2682 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
2683 question.
2684
b62a309a
ZJS
2685 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
2686 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
2687 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
2688
2689 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
2690 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
2691 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 2692 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 2693
78b6b7ce
LP
2694 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
2695 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
2696 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 2697 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
2698
2699 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
2700 systemd-networkd.
2701
ba8df74b 2702 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 2703 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
2704 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
2705
2706 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
2707 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
2708
2709 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
2710 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
2711 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
2712
78b6b7ce 2713 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 2714
4bdc60cb 2715 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 2716 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 2717 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
2718 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
2719 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
2720 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 2721
c4ac9900 2722 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
2723 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
2724 respected.
2725
2726 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
2727 virtualization.
2728
2729 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 2730 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
2731 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
2732 on.
b62a309a 2733
e6c253e3
MS
2734 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
2735
2736 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
2737
ba8df74b
KS
2738 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
2739 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
2740 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
2741 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
2742 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
2743 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
2744 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
2745
4bdc60cb
LP
2746 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
2747 available for service units, that allows locking all service
2748 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
2749 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
2750 from the service's view entirely.
2751
2752 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
2753 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
2754
2755 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
2756 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
2757 session.
2758
2759 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
2760 legacy-free systems.
2761
78b6b7ce
LP
2762 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
2763 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
2764 easily.
2765
2766 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
2767 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
2768 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
2769 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
2770 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
2771 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
2772 option.
2773
2774 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 2775 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
2776 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
2777 /usr.
2778
f6d1de85 2779 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
2780 services, not only the main process.
2781
2782 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
2783 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
2784 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
2785 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
2786 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
2787
3769415e
TT
2788 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
2789 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
2790 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
2791 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
2792 directly from now on, again.
2793
fae9332b
LP
2794 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
2795 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
2796 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
2797 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 2798 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
2799 unit file enabling and disabling.
2800
cfa1571b
LP
2801 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
2802 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
2803 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
2804 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
2805 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
2806 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
2807 unnecessary or unlikely.
2808
7e63dd10
LP
2809 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
2810 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 2811 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
2812 "anually", "hourly", ...).
2813
d4474c41
TG
2814 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
2815 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
2816 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
2817 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
2818 overwritten at runtime.
2819
3b187c5c
LP
2820 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
2821 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
2822 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
2823 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
2824 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
2825 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
2826 segmentation fault.
2827
4b08dd87
LP
2828 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
2829 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
2830 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
2831 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
2832 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
2833 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
2834 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
2835 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
2836 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
2837 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
2838 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
2839 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2840 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
2841 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
2842 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
2843 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
2844 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
2845 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
2846 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2847 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2848 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 2849 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 2850
ccddd104 2851 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 2852
b72ddf0f 2853CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
2854
2855 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 2856 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
2857 implementations should add a
2858
b72ddf0f 2859 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
2860
2861 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
2862 default functionality.
2863
2864 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
2865 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
2866 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
2867 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
2868 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
2869 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
2870 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
2871 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
2872 files might need to be owned by them. A new
2873 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
2874 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
2875 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
2876 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
2877
2878 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 2879 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
2880 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
2881 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
2882 expected to be added eventually, too.
2883
2884 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
2885 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
2886 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
2887 new command to update these fields.
2888
2889 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
2890 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
2891 have been discovered via DHCP.
2892
2893 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
2894 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
2895 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
2896 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
2897 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
2898 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
2899 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
2900 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 2901 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
2902 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
2903 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
2904 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 2905 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
2906 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
2907 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
2908 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
2909 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
2910 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
2911 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
2912 implementation to systemd-resolved.
2913
2914 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
2915 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
2916 containers to their respective IP addresses.
2917
2918 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
2919 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
2920 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 2921 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
2922 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
2923 control utility for networkd.
2924
2925 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
2926 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 2927 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
2928 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
2929 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
2930 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
2931 (NoDelay=).
2932
a1a4a25e 2933 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
2934 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
2935
2936 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
2937 be started only after timer-sync.target has been
2938 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
2939 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
2940 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
2941 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
2942
2943 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
2944 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
2945 of the link.
2946
2947 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
2948 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
2949
2950 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
2951 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
2952
2953 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
2954 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
2955 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
2956 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
2957
2958 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
2959 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
2960 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
2961 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
2962 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
2963 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
2964 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
2965 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
2966
2967 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
2968 validation of unit files.
2969
2970 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
2971 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
2972 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
2973 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
2974 address may now be configured.
2975
26568403
TG
2976 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
2977 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
2978 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
2979 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
2980
2981 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
2982 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
2983
2984 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
2985 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
2986 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
2987 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
2988
b2ca0d63
LP
2989 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
2990 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
2991 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
2992 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
2993 implementation.
2994
2995 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
2996 journal data to a remote system running
2997 systemd-journal-remote.
2998
2999 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3000 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3001 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3002 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3003 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 3004 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
3005 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3006 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3007 version, you have to turn this option on again
3008 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3009
3010 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3011 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3012 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3013
3014 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3015 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3016
3017 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3018 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3019
3020 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3021 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3022 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3023
3024 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3025 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 3026 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
3027 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3028 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3029
01da80b1
LP
3030 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3031
3032 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3033
3034 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3035 when primary addresses are removed.
3036
b2ca0d63
LP
3037 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3038 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3039 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3040 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3041 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3042 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3043 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3044 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3045 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3046 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3047 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3048 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3049 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3050 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3051 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3052
ccddd104 3053 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 3054
3dff3e00 3055CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
3056
3057 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3058 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3059 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3060 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3061 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3062 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3063 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3064 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3065 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3066 require.
3067
3068 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3069 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3070
3071 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3072 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3073 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3074 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3075 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3076 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3077 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3078
3079 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3080 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3081 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3082 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3083 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3084 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3085 update or reset should use this condition and order
3086 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3087 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3088 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3089 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3090 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3091 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3092 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 3093 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
3094 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3095
3096 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3097
3098 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3099 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3100 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
3101 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3102
24a2bf4c
LP
3103 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3104 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3105 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3106 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3107 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3108 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3109 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
3110 .network files using settings of this section should be
3111 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3112 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 3113
c7435cc9
LP
3114 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3115 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
3116
3117 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3118 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3119 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3120 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3121 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3122 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3123 of nspawn instances.
3124
3125 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3126 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3127 added.
3128
3129 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3130 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3131 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3132 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3133 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3134 configuration stored in /etc.
3135
3136 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3137 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3138 parsing of unknown mount options.
3139
3140 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3141 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3142 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 3143 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
3144 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3145 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3146 pre-existing files of different types.
3147
3148 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3149 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 3150 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
3151 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3152 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3153 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3154 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3155
3156 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3157 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3158 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3159 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3160 shall be executed.
3161
3162 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3163 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 3164 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
3165
3166 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3167 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3168 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3169 reset.
3170
3171 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3172 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3173
3174 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3175 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3176 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3177
3178 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3179 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3180 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3181
3182 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3183 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3184 access to this group.
3185
3186 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3187 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3188 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3189 to the journal.
3190
3191 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3192 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3193 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3194 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3195 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3196 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3197
3198 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3199 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3200 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3201 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3202 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3203 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3204 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3205 the old name to the new name.
3206
3207 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 3208 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
3209 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3210
3211 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3212 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3213 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3214 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3215 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3216 "systemd-debug-generator".
3217
3218 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3219 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3220 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3221 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3222 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3223 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3224 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
3225 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3226 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
3227 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3228 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3229
3230 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3231 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3232 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
3233 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3234 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3235 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
3236
3237 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3238 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3239 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3240 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3241 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3242
3243 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3244 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3245 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3246 couple of drop-in directories.
3247
3058e017
TLSC
3248 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3249 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3250 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3251 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3252 for dev_port.
3253
c7435cc9
LP
3254 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3255 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3256 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3257 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3258
3259 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3260 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3261 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3262 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3263 Restart= setting.
3264
3265 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3266 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3267 directly connect to a specific container on the
3268 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3269 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3270 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3271 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3272 containers is a privileged operation.
3273
3274 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3275 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3276 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3277 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3278 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3279 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3280 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3281 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3282 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3283 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3284 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3285 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3286
ccddd104 3287 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 3288
4196a3ea
KS
3289CHANGES WITH 214:
3290
3291 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3292 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3293 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3294 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3295 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3296 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3297 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3298 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3299 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 3300 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 3301 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 3302 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 3303 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
3304 devices are excluded from this logic.
3305
04e91da2
LP
3306 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3307 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3308 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3309 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3310 change has been released.
3311
3312 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 3313 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
3314 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3315
ce830873 3316 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
3317 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3318 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 3319 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
3320
3321 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3322 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3323 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3324 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3325
a8eaaee7 3326 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3327 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3328
a8eaaee7 3329 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3330 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3331
3332 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 3333 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
3334 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3335
3336 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3337 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 3338 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
3339 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3340 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 3341 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 3342
cd14eda3 3343 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
3344 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3345 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 3346
ef392da6 3347 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 3348 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
3349 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3350 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3351 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3352 modifications of user data or system files from
3353 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3354 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3355
3356 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3357 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3358 and FIFOs in the file system.
3359
8d0e0ddd 3360 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
3361 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3362 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3363
3364 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3365 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 3366 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 3367 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
3368 the socket itself.
3369
3370 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3371 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3372 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3373 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3374 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3375 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3376 symlinks, and nothing else.
3377
3378 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3379 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3380 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3381 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3382 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3383 process (for example, the parent process). The
3384 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3385 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3386 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3387 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3388 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3389 messages to services when the originating process already
3390 vanished.
3391
3392 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 3393 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
3394 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3395 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3396 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3397 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3398 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3399 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3400 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3401 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3402 all long-running services.
3403
3404 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3405 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3406 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3407 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3408 service.
3409
3410 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3411 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3412 applied to all submounts, too.
3413
3414 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3415
3416 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3417 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3418 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3419 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3420 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3421 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3422 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3423
cc98b302 3424 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
3425 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3426 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 3427 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
3428 (domU) domains.
3429
3430 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3431 files or entire directories.
3432
3433 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
3434 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3435 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3436 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
3437 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3438
3439 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3440 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3441 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3442 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
3443 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3444 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 3445 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 3446 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
3447 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3448 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3449 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3450 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3451
3452 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3453 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3454 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3455 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3456
3457 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3458 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 3459 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 3460 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
3461 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3462 non-directories.
3463
3464 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3465 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3466 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3467
4c0d13bd
LP
3468 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3469 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3470 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3471 this group.
3472
dc1d6c02
LP
3473 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3474 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3475 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3476 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3477 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3478 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3479 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3480
ccddd104 3481 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 3482
6936cd89
LP
3483CHANGES WITH 213:
3484
3485 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 3486 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 3487 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 3488 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 3489 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
3490 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3491 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 3492 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 3493 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
3494 client should be more than appropriate for most
3495 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3496 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3497 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3498 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3499 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 3500 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 3501 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 3502 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 3503 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 3504 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 3505 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 3506
69beda1f
KS
3507 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
3508 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
3509 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
3510 part of a different namespace.
3511
3512 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
3513 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
3514 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
3515 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
3516
3517 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
3518 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 3519 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
3520
3521 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
3522 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 3523 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 3524 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
3525 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
3526 restart the service in question.
3527
3528 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
3529 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
3530 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
3531 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
3532 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
3533
3534 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
3535 graphs it generates.
3536
3537 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
3538 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
3539 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
3540 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
3541 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
3542
3543 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
3544
3545 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
3546 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
3547 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
3548 what it was on SysV systems.
3549
3550 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
3551 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
3552
3553 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
3554 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
3555 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
3556 files.
3557
3558 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
3559 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
3560 to show these addresses in its output.
3561
3562 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
3563 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
3564 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
3565 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
3566 preferred over a text one.
3567
3568 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
3569 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
3570 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
3571 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
3572 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
3573 mDNS cache.
3574
68dd0956
TG
3575 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
3576 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
3577 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
3578 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
3579 of network configuration performed in some other way.
3580
6936cd89 3581 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 3582 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 3583 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 3584 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
3585 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
3586
8e7acf67
LP
3587 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
3588 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
3589 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 3590 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
3591 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
3592 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
3593 overrides any other settings.
3594
3595 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
3596 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3597 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
3598 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
3599 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
3600 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
3601 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
3602 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
3603 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
3604 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
3605 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
3606 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
3607 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
3608 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
3609 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
3610 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
3611 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3612
ccddd104 3613 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 3614
51c61cda
LP
3615CHANGES WITH 212:
3616
3617 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
3618 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
3619 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
3620 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
3621 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
3622 by accident.
3623
3624 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
3625 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
3626 registered with machined.
3627
3628 * sd-login gained new calls
3629 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
3630 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 3631 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
3632 counterparts.
3633
3634 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
3635 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
3636 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
3637 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
3638 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
3639 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
3640 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
3641 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
3642 once.
3643
3644 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
3645 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
3646 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
3647
3648 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
3649 units on all local containers, when used with the
3650 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
3651 executed when no parameters are specified).
3652
3653 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
3654 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
3655 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
3656 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
3657
3658 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 3659 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
3660 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
3661 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
3662 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
3663 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
3664
3665 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
3666 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
3667 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
3668 of the container.
3669
3670 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
3671 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
3672 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
3673 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
3674 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
3675 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
3676 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
3677 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
3678
3679 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
3680 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
3681 instead of /.
3682
3683 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
3684 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
3685 emergency messages now.
3686
3687 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
3688 journal log messages across the network.
3689
3690 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
3691 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
3692 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
3693 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
3694 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
3695 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
3696 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
3697
3698 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
3699 down a local OS container.
3700
3701 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
3702 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
3703 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
3704
3705 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
3706 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
3707 this is appropriate.
3708
3709 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 3710 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
3711 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
3712
3713 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
3714 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
3715 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
3716 for debugging purposes.
3717
3718 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
3719 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
3720 in seconds.
3721
3722 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
3723 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
3724 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
3725 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
3726 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
3727 like on traditional inetd.
3728
3729 * A new system.conf configuration option
3730 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
3731 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
3732
b8bde116 3733 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3734 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
3735 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
3736 do these days).
3737
b8bde116 3738 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3739 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
3740 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
3741 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
3742 could not take place because the system was powered off.
3743 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
3744
3745 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
3746 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
3747 it will be triggered.
3748
3749 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
3750 addresses to its local interfaces.
3751
3752 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
3753 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
3754 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
3755 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
3756 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
3757 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
3758 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
3759 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
3760 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3761
ccddd104 3762 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 3763
699b6b34
LP
3764CHANGES WITH 211:
3765
3766 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
3767 added to restrict which socket address families unit
3768 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
3769 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
3770 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
3771 is built on seccomp system call filters.
3772
3773 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
3774 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
3775 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
3776 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
3777 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
3778 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
3779 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
3780 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 3781 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
3782
3783 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
3784 matching against device group names.
3785
3786 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
3787 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
3788 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
3789 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 3790 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
3791 though.
3792
3793 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
3794 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
3795 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 3796 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34
LP
3797 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3798 (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
3799 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
3800 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 3801 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
3802
3803 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
3804 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
3805 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3806 (see above). This means that installations made with
3807 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
3808 deployed using container managers, completely
3809 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
3810 this feature soon, too.)
3811
3812 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
3813 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 3814 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
3815 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
3816
3817 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
3818 using IPv4LL.
3819
3820 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
3821 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
3822 systemd-networkd.
3823
3824 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
3825 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
3826 still not a public API though (unless you specify
3827 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
3828 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
3829
3830 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
3831 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
3832 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 3833 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
3834 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
3835 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
3836 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
3837 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
3838 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
3839 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
3840 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 3841 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
3842 users.
3843
3844 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
3845 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
3846 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
3847 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
3848 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
3849 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
3850 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
3851 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
3852 due to a closed lid.
3853
3854 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
3855 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
3856 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
3857 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 3858 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
3859 order to then act as suspend blocker.
3860
3861 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
3862 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
3863 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
3864 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
3865 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
3866
3867 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
3868 now also work in --scope mode.
3869
3870 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
3871 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
3872 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
3873 promises are made.)
3874
3875 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
3876 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3877 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
3878 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
3879 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
3880 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
3881 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
3882 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
3883 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
3884 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3885
ccddd104 3886 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 3887
43c71255
LP
3888CHANGES WITH 210:
3889
3890 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
3891 according to SMACK rules.
3892
67dd87c5 3893 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
3894 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
3895
3896 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
3897 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
3898 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
3899
3900 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
3901 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
3902 and machine ID.
3903
ed28905e 3904 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 3905 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 3906 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
3907 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
3908 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 3909 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 3910 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 3911 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
3912 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
3913 backpack or similar.
3914
3915 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
3916 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 3917 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 3918 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
3919 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
3920 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
3921 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
3922 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
3923 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
3924 this on its own.
3925
3926 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
3927 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
3928 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
3929 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
3930
3931 * We will now ship a default .network file for
3932 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
3933 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
3934 --network-bridge= switches.
3935
3936 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
3937 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
3938 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
3939 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
3940 metrics, according to what is customary according to
3941 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
3942 each configuration option.
3943
3944 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 3945 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 3946 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 3947 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
3948 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
3949
3950 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
3951 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
3952 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
3953 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
3954 triggered by other work being done in the program.
3955
3956 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
3957 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
3958 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
3959 default however.
3960
b8bde116 3961 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
3962 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
3963 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 3964 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
3965 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
3966 them with systemd-networkd.
3967
d27893ef
LP
3968 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
3969 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
3970 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 3971 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
3972 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
3973 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 3974 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
3975 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
3976 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 3977 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 3978 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
3979 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
3980 during a transitional period!
3981
13b28d82 3982 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
3983 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3984 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
3985 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
3986 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3987 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
3988 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3989 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3990
ccddd104 3991 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 3992
e49b5aad
LP
3993CHANGES WITH 209:
3994
3995 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
3996 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
3997 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
3998 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 3999 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
4000 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4001 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 4002 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 4003 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 4004 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
4005 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4006 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
4007
4008 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 4009 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
4010 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4011 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 4012 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
4013
4014 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4015 shutdown/boot.
4016
8b7d0494
JSJ
4017 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4018 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
4019
4020 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4021 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 4022 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
4023 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4024
4025 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4026 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 4027 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 4028 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 4029 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
4030 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4031
dfb08b05
ZJS
4032 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4033 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4034 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 4035 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
4036 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4037 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4038 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4039 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 4040 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 4041
e49b5aad 4042 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 4043 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
4044
4045 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4046 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4047 implementation.
4048
4049 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 4050 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
4051 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4052 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4053 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4054 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4055 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4056 and .service units.
4057
4058 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4059 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4060 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4061
8b7d0494 4062 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 4063 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 4064 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
4065 nothing makes use of it.
4066
4067 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4068 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4069 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4070
4071 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4072 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4073 compatibility purposes.
4074
4075 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4076 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4077 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 4078 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
4079 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4080 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4081 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4082 process handling.
4083
4084 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4085 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4086 style to "sd-bus.h".
4087
7e95eda5
PF
4088 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4089 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
4090 "systemd-networkd".
4091
4c2413bf 4092 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
4093 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4094 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4095 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4096 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
4097
4098 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4099 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4100 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4101 PID1's support for that anymore.
4102
8b7d0494 4103 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
4104 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4105
4106 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4107 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4108 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4109 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4110 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4111 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4112
4113 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 4114 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
4115 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4116 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
4117
4118 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4119 login in any local container. This works with any container
4120 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 4121 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
4122
4123 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4124 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4125 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4126 system of some kind.
4127
4128 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4129 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4130 next.
4131
4132 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4133 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4134 reboot() system call.
4135
4136 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4137 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 4138 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
4139 still available but not advertised anymore.
4140
e49b5aad
LP
4141 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4142 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 4143 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
4144 within each Unit.
4145
270f1624
LP
4146 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4147 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 4148 the kernel).
e49b5aad 4149
4670e9d5 4150 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
4151 timestamps (following the setting in
4152 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
4153
4154 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4155 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4156
4157 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4158 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4159
4160 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4161 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4162 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4163
4164 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4165 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
4166 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4167 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
4168
4169 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4170 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
4171 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4172
4173 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
4174
4175 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4176 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4177
4c2413bf 4178 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
4179 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4180 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4181 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4182
4183 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4184 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4185 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4186 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4187
e49b5aad
LP
4188 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4189 of the legend text.
4190
4191 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4192 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4193 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4194 remote sessions.
4195
8e420494
LP
4196 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4197 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
4198
4199 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4200 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4201 the system manager.
4202
1e190502 4203 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
4204 short description of the connection parameters in the
4205 description.
4206
4c2413bf 4207 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 4208 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 4209 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
4210 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4211 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4212 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4213 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 4214
c0c5af00 4215 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 4216 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 4217 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
4218 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4219 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4220 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 4221 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 4222 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
4223 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4224
6300b3ec
LP
4225 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4226 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4227 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4228 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
4229 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4230 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 4231 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 4232 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
4233 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4234 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4235 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4236 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4237 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4238 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4239 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4240 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4241 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4242 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4243 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 4244 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 4245 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
4246 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4247 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4248
8b7d0494 4249 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 4250 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
4251 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4252 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4253 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 4254 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
4255 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4256 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 4257 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 4258 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
4259 APIs.
4260
4261 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 4262 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 4263 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
4264 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4265 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4266 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 4267
81c7dd89 4268 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 4269 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 4270 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 4271 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 4272 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
4273 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4274 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4275 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4276 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4277 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4278 one of them is updated.
4279
e49b5aad 4280 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 4281 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
4282 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4283 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4284 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4285
4286 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4287 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4288 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 4289 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 4290 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
4291 entry points.
4292
4293 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4294 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4295 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4296 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 4297 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
4298
4299 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 4300 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
4301 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4302 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4303
1e190502
ZJS
4304 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4305 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4306 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 4307
1e190502
ZJS
4308 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4309 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4310 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
4311
4312 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4313 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 4314 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
4315
4316 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4317 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
4318
4319 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 4320 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 4321 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 4322 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
4323 all remaining processes of the service.
4324
4c2413bf
JE
4325 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4326 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
4327 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4328 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4329 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 4330 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
4331 manager process which created them takes no further
4332 responsibilities for it.
4333
1e190502 4334 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
4335 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4336 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4337 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4338 marked executable or world-writable.
4339
4340 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 4341 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
4342 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4343 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
4344
4345 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4346 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 4347 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 4348 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
4349
4350 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4351 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 4352 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
4353 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4354
4355 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4356 with specific SELinux labels set.
4357
4358 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4359 any additional output but the container's own console
4360 output.
4361
4362 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4363 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4364
4365 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 4366 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 4367 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
4368 OS images, but only specific apps.
4369
4370 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 4371 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 4372 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 4373 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
4374
4375 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4376 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 4377 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
4378 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4379 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4380 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 4381
6afc95b7
LP
4382 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4383 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 4384 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
4385 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4386 units to use.
6afc95b7 4387
e49b5aad
LP
4388 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4389 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4390 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4391 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4392
4393 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4394 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4395 context for a service.
4396
4397 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4398 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
4399 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4400 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
4401 influence this logic.
4402
4403 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4404 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4405 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4406 other things.
4407
4c2413bf 4408 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 4409 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
4410 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4411 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
4412 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4413 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4414 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 4415 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 4416 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
4417 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4418
210054d7
KS
4419 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4420 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4421
e49b5aad
LP
4422 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4423 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4424 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4425 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4426 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4427 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4428 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4429 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4430 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4431 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4432 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4433 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4434 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4435 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4436 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4437 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4438 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4439 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4440 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4441 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4442 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4443 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4444 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4445 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4446
ccddd104 4447 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 4448
cd4010b3
LP
4449CHANGES WITH 208:
4450
4451 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4452 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4453 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4454 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4455 access input and drm devices which are normally
4456 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4457 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4458 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4459 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4460 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4461 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4462 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4463 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4464
4465 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 4466 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
4467 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4468
4469 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4470 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4471 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4472 kernel version number.
4473
4474 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4475 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 4476 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
4477
4478 * This release removes high-level support for the
4479 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4480 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4481 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 4482 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
4483
4484 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4485 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4486 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
4487 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4488 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
4489 cgroup system.
4490
4491 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4492 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4493 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4494 logs among other things.
4495
4496 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4497 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4498 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4499 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
4500 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
4501 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
4502 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
4503 journald which would be necessary to resolve
4504 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
4505 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
4506 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
4507 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
4508 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
4509 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
4510 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
4511 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
4512 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
4513 not delayed until next reboot.
4514
4515 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
4516 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
4517 systemd generated files in one directory.
4518
4519 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
4520 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
4521 performance information if that's available to determine how
4522 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
4523 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
4524 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
4525
4526 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
4527 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
4528 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
4529 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4530 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
4531 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
4532 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4533
ccddd104 4534 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 4535
4f0be680
LP
4536CHANGES WITH 207:
4537
4538 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 4539 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
4540 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
4541 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
4542
4543 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
4544 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
4545 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
4546 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
4547 specified on the kernel command line less important.
4548
4549 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
4550 retrieve the VT number of a session.
4551
4552 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
4553 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
4554 maximum number of tries.
4555
4556 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
4557 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
4558 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
4559
4560 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
4561 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
4562
4563 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
4564 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 4565 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 4566
f3a165b0
KS
4567 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
4568 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
4569 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
4570
4571 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
4572 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 4573 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
4574 and type).
4575
f3a165b0 4576 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
4577 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
4578
4579 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
4580 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 4581 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
4582 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
4583
4584 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
4585 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
4586 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
4587 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
4588 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
4589 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
4590 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
4591 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
4592
4593 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
4594 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
4595 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
4596 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
4597
387abf80
LP
4598 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
4599 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
4600 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
4601 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
4602 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
4603 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
4604 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 4605
4f0be680
LP
4606 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
4607 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
4608
4609 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
4610 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
4611 automatically after the process terminated.
4612
4613 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
4614 certain paths from operation.
4615
4616 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
4617 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
4618 is received.
4f0be680
LP
4619
4620 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
4621 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
4622 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
4623 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
4624 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
4625 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
4626 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4627 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
4628 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4629 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
4630 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4631 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
4632 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4633
ccddd104 4634 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 4635
408f281b
LP
4636CHANGES WITH 206:
4637
4638 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
4639 concepts introduced with 205.
4640
4641 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
4642 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
4643 -r".
4644
4645 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
4646 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 4647 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
4648
4649 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
4650 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
4651 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
4652 the journal.
4653
4654 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
4655 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
4656 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
4657
4658 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
4659 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
4660 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
4661 browsing logs from that point on.
4662
4663 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
4664 of an FSS key.
4665
251cc819
LP
4666 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
4667 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
4668 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
4669 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
4670 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 4671 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
4672 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
4673 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
4674 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
4675 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
4676 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
4677 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
4678 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
4679 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
4680
4681 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
4682 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 4683 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 4684 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
4685
4686 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
4687 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
4688
4689 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
4690 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
4691
251cc819
LP
4692 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
4693 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
4694
4695 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
4696
4697 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
4698 support for passing performance data via environment
4699 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
4700 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
4701 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
4702 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
4703 deserialize it again.
4704
28f5c779
KS
4705 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
4706 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
4707 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
4708 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 4709
251cc819
LP
4710 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
4711 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
4712 completely silent shutdown when used.
4713
4714 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
4715 option in .socket units.
4716
4717 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
4718 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
4719 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
4720 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
4721 system.slice as before.
4722
4723 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
4724
4725 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
4726 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
4727 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4728 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
4729 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
4730 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
4731 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4732
ccddd104 4733 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 4734
00aa832b
LP
4735CHANGES WITH 205:
4736
4737 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
4738
4739 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 4740 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
4741 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
4742 possible for system services and applications to group their
4743 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
4744 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
4745 together, or apply resource limits on them.
4746
4747 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 4748 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
4749 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
4750 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
4751 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
4752
4753 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
4754 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
4755 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
4756 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
4757
4758 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
4759 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
4760 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
4761 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
4762 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
4763 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
4764 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
4765 and useful as a general batch manager.
4766
4767 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
4768 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
4769 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
4770 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
4771 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
4772 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
4773 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
4774 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
4775 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
4776 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
4777
4778 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
4779 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
4780 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
4781 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
4782 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
4783 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
4784 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
4785 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
4786 is compile-time optional.
4787
4788 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
4789 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
4790 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
4791 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
4792 well as slice units.
4793
4794 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
4795 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
4796 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
4797 but will be extended later on to make more properties
4798 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
4799 command that wraps this call.
4800
4801 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
4802 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
4803 while configuring a number of settings via the command
4804 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
4805 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
4806 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
4807 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
4808
4809 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
4810 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
4811 off audit.
4812
4813 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
4814 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
4815
4816 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4817 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
4818 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
4819 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
4820
4821 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
4822 snippets extending unit files.
4823
4824 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
4825 not available as public API.
4826
4827 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 4828 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
4829 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
4830
4831 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
4832 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
4833 controls what to boot into by default.
4834
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4835 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
4836 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
4837
00aa832b
LP
4838 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
4839 generators needed for execution, as well as information
4840 about the unit file loading.
4841
00aa832b
LP
4842 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
4843 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
4844 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
4845 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
4846 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
4847 racy due to journal file rotation.
4848
4849 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
4850 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
4851 all services.
4852
4853 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
4854 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
4855 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
4856 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
4857 system services want to log events about specific client
4858 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
4859 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
4860 unit is requested.
4861
4862 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
4863 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
4864 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
4865 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
4866 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
4867 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4868 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
4869 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
4870 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
4871 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
4872 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4873 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4874 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
4875
606c24e3
LP
4876CHANGES WITH 204:
4877
4878 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
4879 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
4880
4881 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
4882 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
4883 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
4884
4885 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
4886 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4887
2f3fcf85
LP
4888CHANGES WITH 203:
4889
4890 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
4891 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
4892
4893 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
4894 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
4895 fields, including the root directory.
4896
4897 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
4898 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 4899 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
4900 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
4901 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
4902 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
4903 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
4904 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
4905 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
4906 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
4907 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
4908
4909 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
4910 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
4911
4912 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
4913 have taken an inhibitor lock.
4914
4915 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
4916 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
4917 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
4918 the local hostname.
4919
4920 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
4921 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
4922 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
4923 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
4924 VMs/containers coming and going.
4925
4926 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
4927 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
4928 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
4929
4930 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
4931 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
4932 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
4933 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
4934
4935 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
4936 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
4937 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
4938
4939 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
4940 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
4941 services. With the container's root directory in
4942 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
4943 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
4944
4945 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
4946 the processes within a certain container.
4947
4948 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
4949 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
4950 check though. Patches welcome!
4951
4952 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
4953 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
4954 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
4955 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
4956 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
4957
4958 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
4959 the passed argument if applicable.
4960
4961 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4962 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
4963 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
4964 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4965 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
4966 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
4967 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
4968 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4969
ef3b5246
LP
4970CHANGES WITH 202:
4971
4972 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
4973 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
4974 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
4975 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
4976 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
4977 units activate.
4978
4979 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
4980 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
4981 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
4982 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
4983 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
4984 for now, and not installable.
4985
4986 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
4987 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
4988 can run in conjunction with udev.
4989
4990 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
4991 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
4992 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
4993 session manager.
4994
4995 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
4996 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
4997 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
4998 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
4999 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5000 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5001 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 5002 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
5003 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5004 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5005 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5006
5007 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5008
5009 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5010 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5011 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5012 logical expressions.
5013
5014 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5015 switches.
5016
5017 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5018 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 5019 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
5020 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5021 the user.
5022
cbeabcfb
ZJS
5023 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5024 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5025 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5026 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5027 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5028 an entry.
5029
ef3b5246
LP
5030 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5031 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5032 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5033 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5034 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5035 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5036
d3a86981
LP
5037CHANGES WITH 201:
5038
5039 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5040 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5041 directory.
5042
5043 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5044 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5045 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5046 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5047 problem.
5048
5049 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5050 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5051 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5052 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5053
5054 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5055 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5056
5057 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5058 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5059 files in this context are files such as
5060 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5061
5062 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5063 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5064 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5065 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5066 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5067 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5068
5069 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5070 hostnames.
5071
5072 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5073 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5074 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5075 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5076 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5077 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5078 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5079 all time-related output of systemd.
5080
5081 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5082 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5083 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5084 loops.
5085
5086 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5087 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5088
5089 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5090 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 5091 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
5092 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5093 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5094
5095 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5096 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5097 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5098 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5099 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5100 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5101 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5102
9ca3c17f
LP
5103CHANGES WITH 200:
5104
5105 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5106 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5107 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5108 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5109 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5110 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5111
5112 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5113 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5114 images.
5115
5116 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5117 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5118 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5119
35911459
LP
5120CHANGES WITH 199:
5121
5122 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5123
5124 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5125 security policy.
5126
5127 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5128 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5129 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5130 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5131 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5132 the same service can still access). When a service is
5133 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 5134 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
5135 this though).
5136
5137 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5138 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5139 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5140 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5141 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5142 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5143
5144 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 5145 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
5146
5147 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5148 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5149
5150 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5151
c20d8298 5152 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
5153 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5154 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5155 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5156 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
5157
5158 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5159 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5160 system is to be mounted.
5161
5162 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5163 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5164 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5165 purpose for socket units.
5166
6a7d3d68
LP
5167 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5168 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5169
a87197f5
ZJS
5170 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5171 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 5172 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 5173 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 5174 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 5175
35911459
LP
5176 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5177 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5178 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5179 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5180 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5181 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5182 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5183 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5184 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5185
85d68397
LP
5186CHANGES WITH 198:
5187
5188 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5189 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5190 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5191 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5192 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 5193 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
5194 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5195 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5196 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
5197 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5198 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
5199 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5200 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5201 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5202 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 5203 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
5204 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5205 for them too.
5206
5207 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 5208 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
5209 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5210 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5211 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5212 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5213 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
5214 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5215 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
5216
5217 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5218 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5219
40e21da8 5220 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
5221 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5222 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5223 other users.
5224
5225 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5226 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5227 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5228 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5229 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 5230 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
5231 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5232 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 5233 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
5234 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5235 supported.
5236
5237 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
5238 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5239 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
5240
5241 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5242 call.
5243
6aa8d43a
LP
5244 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5245 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5246 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
5247 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5248 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5249 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
5250 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5251 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5252 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5253 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5254 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5255 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5256 also been removed.
85d68397 5257
40e21da8 5258 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 5259 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
5260 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5261 objects themselves.
5262
5263 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5264
5265 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5266 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 5267 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
5268 to how this is supported in shells.
5269
5270 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5271 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5272 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5273 user systemd instance.
5274
5275 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5276 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5277 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5278 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5279 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5280 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5281 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5282 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5283 one day for good in the kernel.
5284
5285 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5286 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5287 container.
5288
40e21da8 5289 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 5290 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
5291 the host into the container.
5292
5293 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
5294 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5295 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5296 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5297 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5298 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397
LP
5299
5300 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5301
5302 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5303 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
5304 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5305 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
5306
5307 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5308 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5309 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5310 system resume events.
5311
5312 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5313 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 5314 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 5315 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
5316
5317 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5318 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5319 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5320 card).
5321
5322 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5323 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5324 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5325
bf933560
KS
5326 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5327 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5328 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
5329
5330 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5331 now carry a message ID.
5332
5333 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5334 continues to be work in progress.
5335
5336 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5337 root directory to operate relative to.
5338
40e21da8
KS
5339 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5340 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
5341 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5342 times a little.
5343
5344 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5345 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5346 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5347 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5348 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5349 request boot into firmware operations.
5350
5351 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5352 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5353 correctly in initrds.
5354
5355 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5356 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5357
5358 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5359 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5360
5361 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5362 the status of all active or failed units.
5363
5364 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5365 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5366 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 5367 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
5368 requests more robust.
5369
5370 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5371 reading journal files.
5372
5373 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5374 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5375
5376 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5377
5378 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 5379 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
5380
5381 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5382 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5383 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5384 socket activation in daemons.
5385
5386 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5387 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5388
43447fb7
LP
5389 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5390 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5391 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5392
85d68397 5393 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 5394 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
5395 system units.
5396
5397 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5398 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5399 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5400
5401 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5402 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5403 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 5404 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
5405 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5406 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5407 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5408 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5409 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5410 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5411 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 5412 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
5413 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5414 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5415 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5416 package installation time.
5417
5418 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5419 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5420 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5421 installation time.
5422
5423 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5424 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5425
5426 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5427
40e21da8
KS
5428 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5429 available.
85d68397 5430
1aed4590
LP
5431 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5432 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5433
85d68397
LP
5434 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5435 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5436 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5437 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5438 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5439 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5440 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5441 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5442 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5443 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5444 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5445 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5446 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5447 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5448
8ad26859
LP
5449CHANGES WITH 197:
5450
5451 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5452 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5453 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5454 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5455 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5456 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5457 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5458 the supported calendar time specification language see
5459 systemd.time(7).
5460
5461 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5462 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5463 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5464 document for details:
5465
5466 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5467
5468 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
5469 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5470 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
5471 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5472 dependencies.
5473
5474 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5475 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5476 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5477 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5478 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5479 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5480 with a configure switch.
5481
5482 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5483 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5484 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5485 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5486 such as ext4.
5487
5488 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5489 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5490 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5491
5492 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5493 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5494
5495 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5496 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5497 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5498 using only core OS tools.
5499
5500 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
5501 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
5502 implementation of socket activated nspawn
5503 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
5504 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
5505 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
5506 eventually.
5507
5508 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
5509 presenting log data.
5510
5511 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 5512 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
5513
5514 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
5515 system on idle.
5516
5517 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
5518 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
5519 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
5520 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
5521 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
5522 information if possible.
5523
5524 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
5525 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
5526 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
5527
5528 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
5529 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
5530 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
5531 is running on battery power.
5532
5533 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
5534 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
5535 is in the "failed" state.
5536
5537 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
5538 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
5539 environment files at once.
5540
5541 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
5542 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
5543 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
5544 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
5545 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
5546 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
5547 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
5548 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
5549 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
5550 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
5551 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
5552 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
5553 pieces of code locally from the git history.
5554
5555 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
5556 log the unit name in the message meta data.
5557
5558 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
5559 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
5560
5561 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
5562 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
5563 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
5564 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
5565 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
5566 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
5567 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
5568 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
5569 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
5570 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
5571 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
5572 shipped from us upstream.
5573
5574 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
5575 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
5576 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
5577 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
5578 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5579 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5580 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
5581 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
5582 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
5583 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
5584 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
5585 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
5586 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5587
0428ddb7
LP
5588CHANGES WITH 196:
5589
5590 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
5591 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
5592 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
5593 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
5594 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
5595 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
5596 becoming the one central database for non-essential
5597 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 5598 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 5599 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
5600 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
5601 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
5602 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
5603 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
5604 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
5605 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
5606 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
5607 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
5608 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
5609
5610 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
5611 indexed database to link up additional information with
5612 journal entries. For further details please check:
5613
5614 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
5615
5616 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
5617 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
5618 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
5619 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
5620 macro for this purpose.
5621
5622 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
5623 Python logging framework.
5624
5625 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
5626 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
5627 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
5628 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 5629 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
5630 time intervals.
5631
5632 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
5633 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
5634 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
5635
5636 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
5637 right-away on the selected coredump.
5638
5639 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
5640 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
5641 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
5642
5643 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
5644 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
5645 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
5646 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
5647
5648 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
5649 default.
5650
5651 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
5652 SMACK security label.
5653
5654 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
5655 daylight saving change.
5656
5657 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
5658 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
5659 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
5660 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
5661 distributions who still need support this to either continue
5662 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
5663 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
5664
5665 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
5666 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
5667 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
5668 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
5669 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
5670 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 5671 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
5672 PolicyKit is not around.
5673
5674 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
5675 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
5676
5677 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
5678 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
5679 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
5680 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
5681 offline updating tools.
5682
5683 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
5684 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
5685 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
5686 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
5687 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
5688 directories for packages to place various data files in.
5689
5690 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
5691 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
5692
5693 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
5694 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5695 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
5696 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5697 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
5698 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
5699 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
5700 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
5701 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5702
139ee8cc
LP
5703CHANGES WITH 195:
5704
6827101a 5705 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
5706 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
5707 units via --unit=/-u.
5708
6827101a 5709 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
5710 right thing.
5711
5712 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
5713 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
5714 rotation.
5715
5716 * The journal will now index the available field values for
5717 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
5718 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
5719 completion of journalctl has been updated
5720 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
5721 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
5722
5723 * More service events are now written as structured messages
5724 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
5725
5726 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
5727 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
5728 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
5729 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
5730 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
5731 these settings from the command line now, especially since
5732 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
5733 completion.
5734
5735 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
5736 extract coredumps from the journal.
5737
5738 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
5739 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
5740 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
5741 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
5742 scratch their heads.
5743
5744 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
5745 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
5746
5747 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
5748 in immediate termination of systemd.
5749
5750 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
5751 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
5752
5753 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
5754 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
5755 mouse screen support has been added.
5756
5757 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
5758 Server-Sent-Events as output.
5759
1cb88f2c 5760 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
5761 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
5762 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
5763 "systemctl reload".
5764
15f47220 5765 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
5766 -u" instead.
5767
5768 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
5769 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
5770 configured.
5771
5772 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
5773 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
5774
5775 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
5776 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
5777 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
5778 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
5779 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
5780 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
5781 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 5782
f9b55720
LP
5783CHANGES WITH 194:
5784
5785 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
5786 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
5787 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
5788 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
5789 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
5790 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
5791 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
5792 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
5793 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
5794 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
5795 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
5796 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
5797
5798 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
5799 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
5800 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5801
597c52cf
LP
5802CHANGES WITH 193:
5803
5804 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
5805 starting from the specified location in the journal.
5806
5807 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
5808 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
5809 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
5810
5811 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
5812 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
5813 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
5814 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
5815 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
5816 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
5817 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
5818
5819 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
5820 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
5821
5822 This will download the journal contents in a
5823 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
5824
5825 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
5826
5827 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
5828 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
5829 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
5830 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
5831 screenshot of this app in its current state:
5832
5833 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
5834
5835 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
5836 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
5837
075d4ecb
LP
5838CHANGES WITH 192:
5839
5840 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
5841 too.
5842
d28315e4 5843 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
5844 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
5845 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 5846 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
5847 just start them.
5848
5849 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
5850 and line break accordingly.
5851
597c52cf
LP
5852 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5853 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 5854
b6a86739
LP
5855CHANGES WITH 191:
5856
5857 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
5858 container environment, copying the host's timezone
5859 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
5860 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
5861 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
5862
5863 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
5864 will default to 10 if omitted.
5865
5866 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
5867 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
5868 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
5869 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 5870 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
5871
5872 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
5873 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
5874 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
5875 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
5876 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
5877 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 5878 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
5879
5880 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
5881 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 5882 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 5883 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
5884 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
5885 into two.
5886
597c52cf
LP
5887 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
5888 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 5889
0c11f949
LP
5890CHANGES WITH 190:
5891
d28315e4 5892 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
5893 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
5894 "systemctl status".
5895
5896 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
5897 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 5898 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
5899 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
5900 field.)
5901
5902 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
5903 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
5904 default.
5905
5906 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
5907 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
5908 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
5909 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
5910 in a container.
5911
5912 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
5913 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
5914 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
5915 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
5916 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
5917 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
5918
5919 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
5920 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
5921 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
5922 no-op.
5923
5924 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
5925 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
5926 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
5927 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
5928 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
5929
5930 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
5931 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
5932
5933 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
5934 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
5935 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
5936 command.
5937
5938 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
5939 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
5940 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
5941
5942 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
5943
5944 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
5945 multiple files at once.
5946
5947 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
5948 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
5949 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
5950 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
5951 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
5952 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
5953 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
5954
a98d5d64
LP
5955 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
5956 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
5957 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
5958
5959 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
5960 dir: %_presetdir.
5961
d28315e4 5962 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 5963 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
5964
5965 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
5966 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
5967 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
5968 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
5969 anymore.
5970
aaccc32c 5971 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
5972 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
5973 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
5974 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
5975
5976 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
5977 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
5978 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
5979
5980 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
5981 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
5982 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
5983 sockets.
5984
5985 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
5986 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
5987 is changed.
5988
5989 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
5990 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
5991 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
5992 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
5993 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 5994 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
5995 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
5996
5997 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
5998
5999 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6000 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6001
aad803af
LP
6002 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6003 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6004
6005 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6006 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6007 (%b).
6008
b6a86739 6009 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
6010 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6011 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6012 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6013 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6014 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6015 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6016
38a60d71
LP
6017CHANGES WITH 189:
6018
6019 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6020 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6021
6022 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6023 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6024 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6025 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6026 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6027 syslog daemons again.
6028
6029 * The libudev API gained the new
6030 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6031
6032 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6033 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6034 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6035 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6036
6037 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6038 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6039 container.
6040
6041 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6042 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6043 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6044 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6045 this explaining it in more detail.
6046
6047 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6048 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6049 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6050 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6051
6052 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6053 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6054 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6055 journal files.
6056
6057 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6058 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6059 as container init process a lot more fun.
6060
6061 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6062 entries.
6063
6064 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6065 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6066 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6067 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6068 different sets of services.
6069
6070 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6071 failure state.
6072
b6a86739 6073 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
6074 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6075 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6076
c269cec3
LP
6077CHANGES WITH 188:
6078
6079 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6080 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6081 tree a lot more organized.
6082
6083 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6084 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6085
6086 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6087 services.
6088
6089 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6090 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6091 filtering by log level now.
6092
6093 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6094 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6095 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6096
ab06eef8 6097 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
6098 command lines involving service unit names.
6099
6100 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6101 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6102
6103 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6104 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6105 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6106
6107 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6108 option.
6109
6110 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6111 a shutdown is cancelled.
6112
6113 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6114 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6115 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6116 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6117 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6118
6119 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6120 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6121 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6122 for display managers instead.
6123
6124 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6125 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6126 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6127 protection, and suchlike.
6128
6129 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6130 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6131 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6132 the service.
6133
6134 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6135 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6136 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6137 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6138 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6139 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6140
c4f1b862
LP
6141CHANGES WITH 187:
6142
6143 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6144 pages.
6145
6146 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6147 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6148 data loss.
6149
c269cec3 6150 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
6151 option.
6152
6153 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6154
6155 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6156 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6157
6158 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6159 specific directory.
6160
6161 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6162 messages of two different boots.
6163
6164 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6165 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6166 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6167
6168 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6169 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6170 disjunctions.
6171
6172 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6173 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6174 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6175
6176 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6177 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6178 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6179
6180 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6181 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6182 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6183 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6184 speed things up a bit.
6185
6186 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6187 header data of journal files.
6188
6189 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6190 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6191 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6192
6193 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6194 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6195 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6196 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6197
6198 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6199
6200 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6201 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6202 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6203 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6204
b5b4c94a
LP
6205CHANGES WITH 186:
6206
6207 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6208 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6209 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6210 prefixed with rd.
6211
6212 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6213 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6214
6215 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6216
6217 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6218
d1f9edaf 6219 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
6220
6221 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6222 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6223 as well.
6224
6225 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6226 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6227 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6228
6229 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6230 does the right thing. Example:
6231
6232 udevadm info /dev/sda
6233 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6234
6235 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6236 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6237 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6238 running.
6239
6240 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6241 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6242
6243 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6244 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6245
6246 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6247 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6248 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6249 files.
6250
6251 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6252 be stopped that is not loaded.
6253
6254 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6255
6256 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6257
6258 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6259 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6260 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6261 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6262
6263 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6264 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6265 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6266 completed initialization.
6267
6268 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6269
6270 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6271 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6272 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6273 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6274 distributions.
6275
6276 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6277 always valid when services log to the journal via
6278 STDOUT/STDERR.
6279
6280 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6281 command line options we understand.
6282
6283 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6284 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6285
91ac7425 6286 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
6287 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6288
6289 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6290 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6291 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6292 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6293
6294 systemctl status /home
6295 systemctl status /dev/sda
6296
6297 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6298 system.conf parsing.
6299
6300 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6301 Manager object.
6302
ce830873 6303 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
6304
6305 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6306
6307 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6308 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6309 complete.
6310
6311 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6312 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6313 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6314 systemd-fsck@.service.
6315
6316 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6317 Manager object.
6318
6319 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6320 work sensibly.
6321
6322 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6323 we actually understand.
6324
6325 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6326 additional capabilities to the container.
6327
6328 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 6329 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
6330 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6331
6332 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6333 the current boot only.
6334
6335 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6336 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6337
6338 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6339 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6340 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6341 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6342 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6343
c4f1b862 6344 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 6345
2d938ac7
LP
6346 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6347 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6348 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6349 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 6350
2d197285 6351CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 6352
2d197285
KS
6353 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6354 available.
6355
6356 * Several new man pages have been added.
6357
b5b4c94a
LP
6358 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6359 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6360 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6361 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 6362
b5b4c94a
LP
6363 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6364 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
6365
6366 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6367 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6368 Matthias Clasen
6369
4c8cd173 6370CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 6371
4c8cd173
LP
6372 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6373 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6374
6375 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6376 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6377 daemon.
6378
6379 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6380 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6381
6382 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6383 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6384 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6385 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6386
ea5943d3 6387CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 6388
187076d4
LP
6389 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6390 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6391 and systemd's most recent version number.
6392
194bbe33
KS
6393 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6394 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6395 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6396 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6397 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 6398 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 6399
91cf7e5c 6400 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
6401 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6402 subsystems.
64661ee7 6403
2d13da88
KS
6404 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6405 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6406 used to subscribe to events.
6407
194bbe33
KS
6408 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6409 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6410 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6411 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 6412 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
6413 forked by udev rules.
6414
f13b388f
KS
6415 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6416 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6417 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6418 it.
6419
ea5943d3 6420 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
6421 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6422 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6423 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 6424 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 6425
ea5943d3 6426 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 6427 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
6428
6429 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6430 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6431 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6432 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6433
ea5943d3
LP
6434 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6435 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6436 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6437 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6438 to be used as drop-in files.
6439
6440 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 6441 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
6442
6443 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6444 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6445 about this in more detail.
6446
6447 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 6448 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
6449 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6450 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6451 from git history and add them downstream.
6452
6453 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6454 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 6455 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
6456 units.
6457
6458 * All smaller setup units (such as
6459 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6460 are run in a container and are skipped when
6461 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6462 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6463
6464 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6465 integrated, for details see:
6466 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6467
6468 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6469 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6470 messages.
6471
439d6dfd
LP
6472 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6473 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
6474 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6475 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6476 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6477
6478 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6479 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6480 for all units started by PID 1.
6481
6482 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6483 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6484 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6485
3943231c
LP
6486 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6487 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
6488
6489 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6490 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 6491 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
6492
6493 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6494 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6495 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6496 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6497 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6498 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6499
6500 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
6501 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
6502
6503 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
6504
6505 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
6506 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
6507 so sexy.
6508
6509 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
6510 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
6511 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
6512 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
6513 patterns.
6514
6515 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
6516 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
6517 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
6518 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
6519
6520 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
6521 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
6522
6523 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
6524 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
6525 in systemd now.
6526
6527 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
6528 ID on the command line.
6529
f8c0a2cb 6530 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
6531 for an init system.
6532
6533 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
6534 vt100.
6535
6536 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
6537
6538 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 6539 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
6540
6541 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
6542
6543 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
6544 container in other hierarchies.
6545
6546 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
6547 system.conf.
6548
6549 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
6550
6551 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
6552 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
6553
d28315e4 6554 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
6555 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
6556
6557 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
6558 locally generated journal files.
6559
6560 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
6561
6562 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
6563
79849bf9
LP
6564 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
6565 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
6566 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
6567 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
6568 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
6569 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
6570 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6571 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
6572 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6573 Gundersen
6574
16f1239e 6575CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 6576
16f1239e
LP
6577 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6578
6579 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
6580 KVM or container configured UUID.
6581
6582 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
6583
6584 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
6585
ab06eef8 6586 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
6587 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
6588
ce830873 6589 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
6590
6591 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
6592 folks
6593
6594 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 6595 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
6596 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
6597
6598 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
6599 configuration
6600
6601 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
6602 free fashion
6603
6604 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
6605 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 6606 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
6607 automatically generated data.
6608
6609 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
6610 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
6611 however.
6612
6613 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
6614 tarball.
6615
6616 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
6617 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
6618 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
6619 Reding
6620
437b7dee 6621CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 6622
437b7dee
LP
6623 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6624
6625 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
6626
6627 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
6628
45afd519 6629 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
6630 normal user logins.
6631
6632 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
6633 Biebl
6634
204fa33c 6635CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 6636
204fa33c
LP
6637 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
6638
6639 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
6640 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
6641 xsltproc.
6642
6643 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
6644 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
6645 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
6646
6647 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
6648 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
6649 reboot can automatically be triggered.
6650
6651 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
6652
6653 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
6654 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6655 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
6656
e0d25329 6657CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 6658
e0d25329
KS
6659 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
6660 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
6661 package update.
6662
b13df964
LP
6663 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
6664 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
6665 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
6666
6667 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
6668 complete.
6669
6670 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
6671 understood to set system wide environment variables
6672 dynamically at boot.
6673
e9c1ea9d 6674 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 6675
353e12c2
LP
6676 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
6677 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
6678 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
6679 files.
6680
b13df964
LP
6681 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6682 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
6683 William Douglas
6684
d26e4270 6685CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 6686
d26e4270
LP
6687 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6688
6689 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
6690 "Result" D-Bus property.
6691
6692 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
6693 the next few releases.)
6694
6695 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
6696 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
6697 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
6698 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
6699
b13df964
LP
6700 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
6701 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
6702 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
6703
220a21d3 6704CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 6705
220a21d3
LP
6706 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6707 bugfixes.
6708
6709 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
6710 resource usage.
6711
6712 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
6713 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
6714 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
6715 journals by the respective users.
6716
6717 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
6718 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
6719 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
6720
6721 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
6722 client for all entries.
6723
6724 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
6725
6726 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
6727 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
6728
6729 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
6730 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
6731 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
6732 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
6733
6734 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
6735 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
6736 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
6737
6738 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
6739 journal along with meta data.
6740
6741 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
6742 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
6743 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
6744
6745 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
6746 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
6747 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
6748
6749 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
6750
6751 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
6752 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
6753 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
6754 or fsck.
6755
d28315e4 6756 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
6757 requested with new -k switch.
6758
6759 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6760 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
6761
6762CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 6763
220a21d3
LP
6764 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6765 bugfixes.
6766
6767 * The git repository moved to:
6768 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
6769 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
6770
6771 * First release with the journal
6772 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
6773
6774 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
6775 systemd-stdout-bridge.
6776
6777 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
6778
6779 * Many systemadm clean-ups
6780
6781 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
6782 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
6783 remote mounts.
6784
6785 * Added Mageia support
6786
6787 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
6788
6789 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
6790 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
6791 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
6792 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
6793 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
6794
6795 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
6796 of existing distributions.
6797
6798 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
6799 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
6800
6801 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
6802 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
6803 boot.
6804
6805 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
6806
6807 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
6808 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
6809 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
6810 among other things.
6811
6812 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
6813 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
6814
6815 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
6816
ce830873 6817 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
6818 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
6819 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
6820
6821 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
6822 restored.
6823
6824 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
6825 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
6826 kmod
6827
d28315e4 6828 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
6829 of /usr/local by default.
6830
6831 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
6832 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
6833 in:
6834 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
6835
6836 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
6837 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
6838 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
6839 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
6840 supported anyway, and bad style).
6841
6842 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
6843 reloading of units together.
6844
4c8cd173 6845 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
6846 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
6847 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6848 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
6849 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek